1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 struct linespec_sals
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
236 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
249 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line
*commands
;
360 struct command_line
*
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
363 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
389 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
392 fprintf_filtered (file
,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
405 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
408 fprintf_filtered (file
,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
421 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
424 fprintf_filtered (file
,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
441 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto
,
467 condition_evaluation_host
,
468 condition_evaluation_target
,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
487 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target
;
492 return condition_evaluation_host
;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count
;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count
;
615 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
616 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
617 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
623 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
631 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
632 breakpoint_count
= num
;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line
*
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
675 struct counted_command_line
*result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
679 result
->commands
= commands
;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
701 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup
*
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num
)
734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
737 if (b
->number
== num
)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
751 struct bp_location
*loc
;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
764 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
765 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
786 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
794 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
796 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
808 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
817 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
839 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
857 fprintf_filtered (file
,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
874 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
875 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
877 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
880 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location
**
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
892 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
893 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
897 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
921 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
922 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
935 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
958 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
962 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
964 innermost_block
= NULL
;
966 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
973 struct bp_location
*loc
;
975 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
980 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
993 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
998 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
999 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1003 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1004 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1008 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1009 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1011 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1014 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1015 len
= strlen (text
);
1019 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1020 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1023 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1028 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1030 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1033 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1034 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1043 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1044 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1045 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1048 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1051 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1053 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1061 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1063 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1066 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1068 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1069 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1070 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1071 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1073 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1074 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1075 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1076 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1078 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1079 update_global_location_list (1);
1084 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1087 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1088 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1089 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1094 struct command_line
*c
;
1096 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1100 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1102 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1104 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1105 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1107 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1108 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1109 command directly. */
1110 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1111 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1114 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1118 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1121 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1123 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1124 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1125 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1129 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1131 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1134 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1135 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1139 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1140 struct command_line
*commands
)
1142 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1144 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1145 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1146 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1147 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1148 struct command_line
*c
;
1149 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1150 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1152 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1154 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1157 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1163 "can be used only once"));
1170 struct command_line
*c2
;
1172 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1173 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1174 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1176 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1177 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1183 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1187 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1188 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1191 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1194 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1195 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1198 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1200 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1201 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1202 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1208 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1209 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1212 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1213 struct command_line
*commands
)
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1217 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1218 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1229 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1232 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1242 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1245 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1255 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1258 if (old_task
!= task
)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1265 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1267 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1273 struct commands_info
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line
*control
;
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1287 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1296 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1298 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1300 struct command_line
*l
;
1302 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1303 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1306 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1309 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1313 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1315 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1324 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1329 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1334 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1340 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1341 struct command_line
*control
)
1343 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1344 struct commands_info info
;
1346 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1347 info
.control
= control
;
1349 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1350 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1351 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1353 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1355 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1356 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1358 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1359 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1362 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1363 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1364 numbers will fail in this case. */
1369 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1374 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1380 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1381 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1387 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1389 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1392 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1393 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1396 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1397 enum command_control_type
1398 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1400 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1401 return simple_control
;
1404 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1407 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1409 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1413 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1414 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1419 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1420 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1424 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1427 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1428 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1429 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1430 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1431 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1432 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1433 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1438 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1439 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1440 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1442 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1446 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1447 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1448 report higher one. */
1451 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1452 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1454 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1456 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1457 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1459 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1460 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1461 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1462 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1465 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1466 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1477 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1478 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1479 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1480 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1481 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1484 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1487 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1488 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1491 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1498 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1499 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1503 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1504 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1505 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1508 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1511 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1512 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1513 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1516 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1519 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1522 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1525 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1527 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1532 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1533 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1537 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1538 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1540 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1541 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1542 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1546 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1548 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1552 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1554 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1555 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1556 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1557 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1558 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1560 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1563 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1567 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1568 const unsigned char *bp
;
1569 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1570 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1572 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1573 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1574 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1576 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1580 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1581 breakpoint's INSN. */
1582 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1588 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1592 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1594 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1595 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1596 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1599 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1602 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1604 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1605 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1606 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1609 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1613 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1615 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1616 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1619 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1620 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1621 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1622 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1623 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1624 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1625 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1626 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1629 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1631 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1632 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1633 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1634 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1637 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1638 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1641 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1643 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1645 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1647 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1648 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1651 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1653 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1656 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1657 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1658 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1659 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1664 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1667 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1668 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1669 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1670 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1671 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1672 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1673 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1674 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1677 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1678 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1679 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1680 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1681 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1682 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1683 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1686 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1687 hardware watchpoints:
1689 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1690 called several times when GDB stops.
1693 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1694 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1695 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1696 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1697 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1698 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1699 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1700 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1701 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1702 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1703 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1706 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1709 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1711 int within_current_scope
;
1712 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1721 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1726 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1727 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1728 within_current_scope
= 1;
1731 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1732 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1733 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1735 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1736 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1737 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1741 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1742 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1743 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1744 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1747 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1749 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1750 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1751 if (within_current_scope
)
1755 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1756 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1757 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1760 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1769 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1770 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1771 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1772 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1773 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1774 be completely different objects. */
1775 value_free (b
->val
);
1779 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1780 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1781 locations (re)created below. */
1782 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1784 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1786 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1790 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1791 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1795 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1796 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1797 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1798 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1799 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1800 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1802 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1803 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1804 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1809 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1810 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1812 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1814 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1815 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1816 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1817 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1818 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1826 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1828 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1829 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1831 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1832 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1833 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1834 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1835 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1836 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1837 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1839 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1841 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1842 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1843 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1846 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1850 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1852 addr
= value_address (v
);
1854 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1856 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1859 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1860 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1863 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1865 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1866 loc
->address
= addr
;
1867 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1868 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1873 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1874 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1875 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1880 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1881 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1883 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1887 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1890 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1891 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1892 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1894 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1895 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1896 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1897 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1900 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1901 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1903 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1904 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1906 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1907 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1908 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1909 through watch_command), so always account for it
1912 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1913 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1915 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1916 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1919 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1920 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1922 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1924 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1925 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1926 "hardware watchpoint."));
1927 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1928 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1929 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1932 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1936 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1937 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1938 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1943 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1944 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1945 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1949 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1950 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1951 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1952 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1955 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1957 next
= value_next (v
);
1962 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1963 above left it without any location set up. But,
1964 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1965 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1966 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1968 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1969 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1970 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1971 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1972 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1973 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1976 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1999 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2002 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2005 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2025 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2026 that the location is not duplicated. */
2029 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2032 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2035 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2036 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2040 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2041 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2042 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2043 any error during parsing. */
2045 static struct agent_expr
*
2046 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2048 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2049 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2059 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2083 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2085 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2086 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2108 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2115 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2152 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2153 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2165 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2166 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2171 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181 static struct agent_expr
*
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2184 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2185 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2186 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2187 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2188 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2190 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2191 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2193 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2200 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2202 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2204 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2205 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2207 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2209 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2211 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2213 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2215 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2216 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2218 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2220 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2221 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2223 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2225 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2227 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2229 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2230 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2233 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2238 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2239 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2241 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2245 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2246 that may show up. */
2247 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2249 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2250 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2251 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2256 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2262 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2264 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2268 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2269 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2270 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2273 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2275 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2276 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2277 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2278 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2280 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2281 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2282 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2285 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2302 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2307 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2308 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2314 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2315 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2316 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2318 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2324 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2326 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2332 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2334 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2336 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2339 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2340 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2345 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2346 for this location's address. */
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2350 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2351 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2352 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2353 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2355 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2356 to send the commands to the target. */
2357 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2361 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2362 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2363 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2364 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2367 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2368 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2369 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2370 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2373 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2374 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2376 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2377 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2378 int *disabled_breaks
,
2379 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2380 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2383 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2384 struct gdb_exception e
;
2386 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2389 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2390 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2391 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2392 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2393 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2394 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2395 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2396 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2397 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2398 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2399 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2400 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2402 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2403 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2404 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2405 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2407 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2409 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2410 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2411 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2412 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2415 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2416 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2418 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2420 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2421 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2422 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2424 Two important cases are:
2425 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2426 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2427 hardware breakpoint.
2428 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2429 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2430 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2433 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2434 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2435 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2436 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2438 struct mem_region
*mr
2439 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2443 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2445 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2447 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2448 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2450 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2452 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2454 static int said
= 0;
2456 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2459 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2460 _("Note: automatically using "
2461 "hardware breakpoints for "
2462 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2467 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2468 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2469 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2470 "at readonly address %s"),
2471 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2475 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2476 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2477 || bl
->section
== NULL
2478 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2480 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2481 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2483 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2488 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2493 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2494 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2495 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2497 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2498 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2499 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2500 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2501 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2505 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2507 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2508 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2509 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2510 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2511 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2514 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2515 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2519 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2520 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2522 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2523 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2525 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2530 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2535 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2536 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2543 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2544 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2546 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2548 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2550 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2553 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2556 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2557 "library breakpoints:\n");
2559 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2561 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2565 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2567 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2568 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2570 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2571 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2572 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2578 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2581 "Error accessing memory address ");
2582 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2584 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2585 safe_strerror (val
));
2596 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2597 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2598 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2599 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2601 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2602 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2607 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2608 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2610 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2612 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2613 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2617 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2618 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2622 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2623 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2630 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2631 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2634 /* Back to the original value. */
2635 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2639 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2642 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2644 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2645 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2647 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2650 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2654 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2655 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2657 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2660 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2662 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2663 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2664 so just return success. */
2671 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2672 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2676 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2678 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2679 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2681 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2684 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2685 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2688 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2689 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2692 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2694 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2698 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2700 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2701 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2703 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2709 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2710 removed locations above. */
2711 update_global_location_list (0);
2714 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2715 Throws exception on any error.
2716 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2717 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2719 insert_breakpoints (void)
2721 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2724 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2726 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2728 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2731 update_global_location_list (1);
2733 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2734 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2736 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2737 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2740 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2743 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2745 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2749 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2753 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2754 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2755 always-inserted mode. */
2758 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2760 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2763 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2764 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2765 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2767 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2768 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2770 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2771 there was an error. */
2772 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2774 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2778 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2780 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2783 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2784 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2785 deletion of breakpoints. */
2786 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2791 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2792 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2793 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2794 insert breakpoints. */
2795 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2796 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2799 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2800 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2808 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2811 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2814 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2817 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2819 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2820 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2823 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2824 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2825 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2827 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2828 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2830 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2831 there was an error. */
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2834 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2838 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2841 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2842 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2843 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2844 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2845 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2848 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2850 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2851 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2852 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2853 insert breakpoints. */
2854 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2855 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2858 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2859 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2864 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2865 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2868 int some_failed
= 0;
2869 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2871 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2874 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2877 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2880 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2881 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2888 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2890 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2892 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2893 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2894 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2902 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2903 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2904 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2906 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2907 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2908 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2910 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2911 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2914 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2917 /* Used when the program stops.
2918 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2919 removing a breakpoint location. */
2922 remove_breakpoints (void)
2924 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2929 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2930 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2935 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2938 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2940 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2942 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2946 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2949 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2954 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2963 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2965 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2966 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2968 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2969 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2970 struct inferior
*inf
;
2971 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2973 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2977 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2978 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2980 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2982 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2983 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2987 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2993 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2996 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3001 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3005 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3007 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3008 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3009 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3010 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3011 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3012 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3014 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3017 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3020 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3021 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3025 static struct breakpoint
*
3026 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3027 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3028 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3030 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3031 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3033 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3036 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3037 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3039 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3040 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3041 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3046 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3048 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3050 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3052 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3053 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3055 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3058 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3061 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3062 int longjmp_searched
;
3064 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3065 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3073 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3074 int exception_searched
;
3076 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3077 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3080 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3082 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3083 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3085 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3088 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3090 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3093 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3094 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3096 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3097 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3099 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3101 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3102 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3104 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3105 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3107 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3108 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3110 return bp_objfile_data
;
3114 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3116 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3118 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3119 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3123 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3125 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3126 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3128 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3130 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3134 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3136 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3139 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3141 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3143 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3146 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3147 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3150 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3153 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3154 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3156 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3157 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3159 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3161 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3162 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3166 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3167 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3170 update_global_location_list (1);
3174 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3176 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3177 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3179 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3181 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3183 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3185 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3190 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3193 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3194 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3197 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3199 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3201 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3202 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3203 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3206 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3209 struct probe
*probe
;
3210 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3213 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3214 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3218 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3220 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3222 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3223 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3224 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3230 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3233 const char *func_name
;
3236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3239 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3240 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3242 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3244 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3247 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3248 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3254 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3255 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3256 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3257 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3258 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3262 update_global_location_list (1);
3264 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3267 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3269 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3271 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3272 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3273 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3275 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3277 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3279 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3282 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3284 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3286 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3289 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3294 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3296 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3298 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3299 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3300 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3306 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3309 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3311 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3313 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3328 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3329 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3333 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3334 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3338 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3340 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3341 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3343 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3344 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3345 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3348 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3350 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3352 struct probe
*probe
;
3355 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3356 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3362 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3363 bp_exception_master
,
3364 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3365 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3366 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3372 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3374 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3377 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3379 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3381 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3383 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3384 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3386 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3390 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3393 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3394 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3396 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3397 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3398 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3399 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3402 update_global_location_list (1);
3406 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3408 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3409 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3411 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3412 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3413 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3414 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3415 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3416 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3417 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3418 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3420 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3421 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3425 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3428 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3429 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3431 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3435 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3436 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3438 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3442 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3443 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3444 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3445 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3446 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3452 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3453 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3455 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3459 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3461 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3462 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3463 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3465 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3469 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3471 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3472 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3473 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3474 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3478 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3479 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3480 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3481 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3482 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3483 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3485 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3486 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3487 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3488 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3489 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3490 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3491 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3493 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3494 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3495 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3496 let finish_command delete it.
3498 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3499 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3500 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3501 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3502 solib breakpoints.) */
3504 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3509 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3510 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3512 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3514 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3518 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3526 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3528 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3530 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3531 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3533 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3534 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3536 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3537 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3540 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3544 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3547 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3548 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3550 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3554 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3555 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3556 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3557 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3558 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3561 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3565 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3566 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3568 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3569 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3572 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3573 This should not ever happen. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3576 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3577 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3579 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3580 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3581 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3583 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3584 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3585 || bl
->section
== NULL
3586 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3588 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3589 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3593 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3594 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3595 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3597 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3598 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3600 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3601 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3602 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3603 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3604 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3606 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3607 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3609 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3610 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3613 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3614 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3615 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3616 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3618 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3619 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3620 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3621 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3622 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3623 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3629 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3634 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3635 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3636 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3637 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3642 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3644 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3646 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3647 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3649 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3650 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3652 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3653 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3654 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3657 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3658 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3661 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3662 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3664 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3668 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3675 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3678 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3683 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3684 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3687 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3688 This should not ever happen. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3691 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3695 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3697 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3701 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3704 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3706 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3709 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3713 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3714 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3716 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3719 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3720 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3721 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3726 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3728 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3729 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3731 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3733 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3735 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3740 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3741 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3742 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3748 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3754 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3756 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3757 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3762 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3764 case bp_shlib_event
:
3766 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3767 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3768 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3769 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3770 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3772 (gdb) file prog-linux
3773 (gdb) run # native linux target
3776 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3777 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3780 case bp_step_resume
:
3782 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3784 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3789 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3790 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3792 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3794 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3795 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3796 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3797 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3799 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3800 insert_breakpoints. */
3802 value_free (w
->val
);
3813 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3814 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3815 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3816 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3819 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3820 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3821 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3822 match, not program space. */
3824 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3825 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3826 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3827 permanent breakpoint.
3828 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3829 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3830 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3831 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3832 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3834 enum breakpoint_here
3835 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3837 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3838 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3842 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3843 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3847 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3848 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3849 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3851 if (overlay_debugging
3852 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3853 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3855 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3856 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3858 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3862 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3865 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3868 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3870 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3873 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3874 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3880 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3881 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3882 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3883 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3886 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3889 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3893 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3894 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3898 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3900 if (overlay_debugging
3901 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3902 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3903 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3911 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3912 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3915 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3917 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3920 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3926 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3930 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3933 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3937 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3941 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3944 if (overlay_debugging
3945 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3946 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3947 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3953 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3961 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3962 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3964 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3970 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3971 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3977 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3978 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3982 /* Check for intersection. */
3983 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3984 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3992 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3993 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3996 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3999 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4000 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4006 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4007 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4010 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4011 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4012 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4015 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4018 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4020 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4021 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4022 it is now time to do so. */
4024 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4025 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4029 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4031 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4032 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4033 it is now time to do so. */
4035 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4036 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4040 if (overlay_debugging
4041 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4042 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4043 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4052 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4056 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4058 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4061 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4065 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4067 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4068 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4069 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4070 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4074 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4075 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4078 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4095 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4096 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4099 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4103 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4108 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4110 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4111 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4112 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4113 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4114 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4116 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4117 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4121 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4131 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4134 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4139 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4141 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4147 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4149 enum bpstat_signal_value
4150 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4154 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4156 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4157 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4160 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4161 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4163 if (newval
> result
)
4170 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4171 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4172 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4173 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4175 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4176 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4178 Return 1 otherwise. */
4181 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4183 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4186 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4188 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4189 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4190 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4191 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4192 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4194 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4196 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4200 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4203 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4205 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4208 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4211 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4215 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4217 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4219 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4221 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4227 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4230 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4232 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4234 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4236 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4237 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4238 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4239 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4240 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4244 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4247 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4250 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4252 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4255 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4256 or its equivalent. */
4259 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4261 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4262 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4265 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4266 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4267 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4268 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4270 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4271 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4272 bpstat of the current thread. */
4275 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4278 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4281 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4283 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4286 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4287 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4289 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4291 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4294 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4295 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4297 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4298 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4299 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4301 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4303 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4304 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4305 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4306 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4307 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4308 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4309 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4310 the tree when we're done. */
4311 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4312 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4313 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4314 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4315 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4317 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4323 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4325 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4331 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4332 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4334 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4336 if (target_can_async_p ())
4337 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4338 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4339 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4342 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4343 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4344 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4345 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4346 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4347 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4348 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4349 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4350 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4351 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4352 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4353 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4354 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4359 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4364 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4366 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4368 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4369 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4370 && target_has_execution
4371 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4372 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4373 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4374 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4375 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4376 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4377 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4380 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4383 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4386 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4389 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4392 struct value_print_options opts
;
4393 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4394 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4398 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4399 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4400 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4401 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4404 static enum print_stop_action
4405 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4407 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4410 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4411 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4415 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4416 relevant messages. */
4417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4420 case print_it_normal
:
4422 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4424 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4425 which has since been deleted. */
4427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4429 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4430 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4435 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4436 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4441 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4444 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4447 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4449 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4453 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4454 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4455 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4459 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4462 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4463 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4464 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4468 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4473 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4476 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4482 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4483 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4486 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4491 struct so_list
*iter
;
4493 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4495 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4496 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4499 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4504 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4505 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4506 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4509 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4513 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4514 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4515 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4516 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4517 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4518 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4519 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4522 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4523 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4524 code to print the location. An example is
4525 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4527 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4528 to also print the location part of the message.
4529 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4530 don't require a location appended to the end.
4531 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4532 further info to be printed. */
4534 enum print_stop_action
4535 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4539 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4540 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4541 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4542 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4543 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4545 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4546 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4547 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4548 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4552 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4553 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4554 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4555 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4557 print_solib_event (0);
4558 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4561 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4562 with and nothing was printed. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4566 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4567 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4568 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4569 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4572 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4574 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4575 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4577 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4581 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4584 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4588 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4590 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4591 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4592 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4593 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4594 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4595 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4596 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4598 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4602 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4603 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4606 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4608 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4612 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4614 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4615 as not triggered. */
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4619 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4621 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4627 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4629 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4630 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4634 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4636 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4639 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4642 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4643 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4649 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4650 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4652 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4653 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4655 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4657 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4658 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4660 if (newaddr
== start
)
4662 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4666 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4667 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4671 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4680 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4681 because of check_errors). */
4682 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4683 #define WP_DELETED 1
4684 /* The value has changed. */
4685 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4686 /* The value has not changed. */
4687 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4688 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4691 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4692 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4694 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4697 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4698 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4701 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4703 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4704 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4705 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4706 int within_current_scope
;
4708 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4709 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4710 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4712 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4713 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4714 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4715 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4718 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4719 within_current_scope
= 1;
4722 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4723 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4724 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4726 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4727 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4728 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4729 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4730 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4731 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4732 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4733 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4734 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4735 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4738 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4739 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4741 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4742 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4743 if (within_current_scope
)
4745 struct symbol
*function
;
4747 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4748 if (function
== NULL
4749 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4750 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4751 within_current_scope
= 0;
4754 if (within_current_scope
)
4755 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4756 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4761 if (within_current_scope
)
4763 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4764 time before we return to the command level and call
4765 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4766 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4770 struct value
*new_val
;
4772 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4773 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4774 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4775 a mask watchpoint. */
4776 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4778 mark
= value_mark ();
4779 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4781 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4782 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4783 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4784 not what we want. */
4785 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4786 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4788 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4790 release_value (new_val
);
4791 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4793 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4796 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4800 /* Nothing changed. */
4801 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4802 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4807 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4809 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4810 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4811 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4812 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4813 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4814 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4815 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4816 the first value assigned). */
4817 /* We print all the stop information in
4818 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4819 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4820 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4822 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4824 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4825 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4826 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4828 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4829 which its expression is valid.\n");
4831 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4832 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4833 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4839 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4840 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4841 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4844 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4845 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4846 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4848 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4850 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4851 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4853 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4856 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4857 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4860 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4862 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4863 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4865 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4866 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4867 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4868 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4869 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4872 int must_check_value
= 0;
4874 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4875 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4877 must_check_value
= 1;
4878 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4879 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4880 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4882 must_check_value
= 1;
4883 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4884 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4885 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4886 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4887 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4888 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4889 must_check_value
= 1;
4891 if (must_check_value
)
4894 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4896 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4897 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4899 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4903 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4904 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4908 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4911 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4912 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4914 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4916 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4917 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4918 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4919 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4920 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4921 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4922 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4925 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4926 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4929 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4930 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4931 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4932 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4934 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4935 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4936 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4939 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4940 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4941 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4942 changes. This still gives false positives when
4943 the program writes the same value to memory as
4944 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4945 it for a read), but it's much better than
4948 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4950 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4952 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4955 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4956 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4958 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4959 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4961 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4962 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4964 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4970 if (other_write_watchpoint
4971 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4973 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4974 and the value changed since the last time we
4975 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4977 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4982 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4983 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4984 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4986 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4987 the value hasn't changed. */
4988 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4996 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4997 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4998 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4999 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5000 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5004 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5006 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5007 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5008 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5009 anything for this watchpoint. */
5010 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5017 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5018 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5019 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5022 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5024 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5025 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5026 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5028 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5029 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5030 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5031 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5032 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5034 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5035 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5036 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5038 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5039 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5043 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5044 struct expression
*cond
;
5046 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5047 method implemented. */
5048 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5049 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5051 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5053 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5060 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5062 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5063 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5065 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5066 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5067 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5068 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5070 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5072 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5073 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5077 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5078 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5079 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5080 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5081 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5083 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5084 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5087 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5089 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5090 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5091 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5092 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5093 really matter which instantiation of the function
5094 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5095 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5096 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5097 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5098 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5099 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5100 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5101 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5103 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5105 select_frame (frame
);
5107 within_current_scope
= 0;
5109 if (within_current_scope
)
5111 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5112 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5116 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5117 "in the current scope"));
5118 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5119 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5122 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5123 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5126 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5130 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5134 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5138 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5140 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5146 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5147 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5149 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5150 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5153 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5155 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5157 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5158 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5159 several reasons concurrently.)
5161 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5162 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5165 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5166 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5167 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5170 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5171 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5172 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5173 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5174 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5177 int need_remove_insert
;
5180 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5181 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5182 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5183 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5184 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5185 inferior function calls. */
5189 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5192 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5194 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5195 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5196 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5197 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5198 checked all locations already. */
5199 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5202 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5205 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5208 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5211 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5214 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5215 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5216 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5220 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5221 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5222 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5224 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5226 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5228 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5233 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5235 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5237 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5238 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5241 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5245 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5246 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5247 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5249 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5251 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5253 handle_solib_event ();
5258 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5259 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5260 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5264 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5269 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5270 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5273 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5278 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5280 /* We will stop here. */
5281 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5283 --(b
->enable_count
);
5284 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5285 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5286 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5291 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5292 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5293 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5294 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5300 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5302 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5303 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5306 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5307 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5308 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5310 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5311 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5312 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5314 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5315 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5317 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5319 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5320 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5323 if (need_remove_insert
)
5324 update_global_location_list (1);
5325 else if (removed_any
)
5326 update_global_location_list (0);
5332 handle_jit_event (void)
5334 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5337 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5338 breakpoint_re_set. */
5339 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5341 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5342 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5344 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5346 target_terminal_inferior ();
5349 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5352 handle_solib_event (void)
5354 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5356 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5357 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5358 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5359 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5361 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5363 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5365 target_terminal_inferior ();
5368 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5370 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5373 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5375 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5379 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5380 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5381 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5383 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5385 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5386 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5387 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5390 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5392 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5393 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5397 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5404 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5407 case bp_shlib_event
:
5411 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5413 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5416 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5419 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5420 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5421 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5425 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5427 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5431 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5432 This requires no further action. */
5436 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5438 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5439 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5441 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5442 case bp_exception_resume
:
5443 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5444 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5446 case bp_step_resume
:
5448 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5451 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5452 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5455 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5457 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5460 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5461 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5464 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5465 case bp_thread_event
:
5466 case bp_overlay_event
:
5467 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5468 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5469 case bp_exception_master
:
5470 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5476 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5478 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5482 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5483 This requires no further action. */
5488 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5491 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5492 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5493 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5494 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5496 case bp_std_terminate
:
5497 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5498 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5499 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5503 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5504 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5505 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5506 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5508 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5509 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5511 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5512 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5513 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5516 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5517 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5518 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5522 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5526 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5527 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5530 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5533 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5534 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5539 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5541 handle_jit_event ();
5544 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5546 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5552 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5553 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5564 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5565 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5566 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5569 bpstat_should_step (void)
5571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5574 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5580 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5582 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5591 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5592 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5593 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5596 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5598 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5599 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5603 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5605 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5607 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5608 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5609 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5614 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5620 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5621 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5623 "host": Host evals condition.
5624 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5625 "target": Target evals condition.
5629 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5631 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5632 char host_evals
= 0;
5633 char target_evals
= 0;
5638 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5641 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5642 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5643 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5645 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5647 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5653 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5654 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5655 else if (target_evals
)
5656 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5658 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5661 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5662 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5665 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5667 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5672 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5674 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5675 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5677 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5680 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5683 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5684 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5687 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5689 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5693 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5695 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5697 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5700 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5703 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5705 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5706 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5707 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5710 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->symtab
->filename
);
5711 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5715 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5717 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5721 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5722 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5724 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5726 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5728 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5731 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5733 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5734 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5735 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5737 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5738 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5739 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5740 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5743 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5747 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5749 struct ep_type_description
5754 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5756 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5757 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5758 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5759 {bp_until
, "until"},
5760 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5761 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5762 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5763 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5766 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5767 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5768 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5769 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5770 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5771 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5772 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5773 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5774 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5775 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5776 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5777 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5778 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5779 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5780 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5781 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5782 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5783 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5784 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5786 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5788 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5791 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5792 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5793 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5794 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5797 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5802 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5803 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5806 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5807 const char *field_name
,
5811 struct cleanup
*back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
,
5813 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5817 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5818 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5819 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5822 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5828 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5829 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5834 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5836 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5838 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5842 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5845 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5848 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5849 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5851 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5854 struct command_line
*l
;
5855 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5857 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5858 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5859 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5860 struct value_print_options opts
;
5862 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5864 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5865 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5866 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5869 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5870 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5878 if (part_of_multiple
)
5881 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5882 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5887 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5892 if (part_of_multiple
)
5893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5899 if (part_of_multiple
)
5900 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5902 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5907 if (part_of_multiple
)
5908 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5910 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5911 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5912 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5916 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5918 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5919 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5920 make sure there's just one location. */
5921 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5922 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5928 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5929 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5933 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5934 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5935 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5937 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5939 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5940 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5941 is relatively readable). */
5942 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5943 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5945 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5950 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5954 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5955 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5957 case bp_exception_resume
:
5958 case bp_step_resume
:
5959 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5960 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5962 case bp_std_terminate
:
5963 case bp_shlib_event
:
5964 case bp_thread_event
:
5965 case bp_overlay_event
:
5966 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5967 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5968 case bp_exception_master
:
5970 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5971 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5974 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5976 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5979 if (header_of_multiple
)
5980 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5981 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5982 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5984 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5985 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5988 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5989 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5996 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
5998 struct inferior
*inf
;
5999 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6004 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6005 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6008 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6009 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6011 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6012 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6013 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6014 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6015 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6016 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6018 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6019 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6022 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6024 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6026 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6027 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6028 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6029 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6031 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6033 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6034 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6038 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6040 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6041 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6043 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6046 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6047 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6049 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6050 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6051 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6054 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6057 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6058 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6061 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6063 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6064 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6065 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6066 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6067 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6069 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6070 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6071 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6072 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6074 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6077 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6079 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6080 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6081 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6082 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6085 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6089 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6090 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6091 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6092 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6093 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6095 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6096 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6097 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6098 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6099 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6101 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6105 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6106 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6107 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6111 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6114 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6115 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6116 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6119 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6120 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6121 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6122 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6125 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6126 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6127 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6128 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6129 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6132 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6133 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6136 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6138 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6140 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6142 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6143 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6144 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6148 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6149 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6151 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6154 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6155 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6156 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6159 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6161 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6163 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6165 annotate_field (10);
6166 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6167 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6168 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6171 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6173 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6175 annotate_field (11);
6177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6178 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6179 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6183 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6185 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6186 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6191 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6193 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6195 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6197 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6199 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6205 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6206 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6209 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6210 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6212 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6214 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6215 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6217 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6218 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6219 locations, if any. */
6220 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6222 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6223 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6224 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6227 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6228 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6230 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6231 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6233 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6236 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6238 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6239 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6240 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6241 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6248 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6250 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6251 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6253 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6257 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6258 an address to print. */
6259 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6262 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6263 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6264 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6267 return print_address_bits
;
6270 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6276 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6278 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6279 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6280 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6284 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6286 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6294 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6295 char **error_message
)
6297 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6300 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6302 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6303 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6309 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6310 internal or momentary. */
6313 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6315 return b
->number
> 0;
6318 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6319 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6320 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6321 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6322 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6323 breakpoints listed. */
6326 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6327 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6329 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6330 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6331 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6332 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6333 struct value_print_options opts
;
6334 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6335 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6336 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6338 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6340 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6341 required for address fields. */
6342 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6345 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6346 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6349 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6350 accept. Skip the others. */
6351 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6353 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6355 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6359 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6361 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6363 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6364 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6365 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6367 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6368 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6369 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6371 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6375 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6377 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6378 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6382 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6383 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6386 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6387 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6388 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6390 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6391 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6393 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6394 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6395 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6397 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6398 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6400 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6401 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6403 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6405 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6406 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6407 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6409 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6410 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6412 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6414 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6415 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6416 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6417 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6422 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6423 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6426 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6427 accept. Skip the others. */
6429 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6431 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6433 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6436 else /* all others */
6438 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6442 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6444 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6445 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6448 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6450 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6452 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6456 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6457 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6459 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6460 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6466 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6467 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6470 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6471 there have been breakpoints? */
6472 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6474 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6477 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6478 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6481 default_collect_info (void)
6483 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6485 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6486 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6488 if (!*default_collect
)
6491 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6493 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6494 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6495 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6499 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6501 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6503 default_collect_info ();
6507 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6509 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6510 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6512 if (num_printed
== 0)
6514 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6515 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6517 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6522 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6524 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6526 default_collect_info ();
6530 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6531 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6532 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6534 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6536 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6538 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6539 && bl
->address
== pc
6540 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6546 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6547 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6551 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6552 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6553 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6556 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6559 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6560 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6564 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6565 else /* if (others == ???) */
6566 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6568 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6571 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6572 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6573 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6574 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6575 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6576 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6577 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6578 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6580 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6584 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6586 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6587 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6588 printf_filtered (".\n");
6593 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6594 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6595 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6596 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6598 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6599 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6600 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6601 breakpoint at address zero:
6609 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6611 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6613 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6616 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6617 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6620 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6621 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6623 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6624 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6626 /* Both of them must exist. */
6627 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6628 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6630 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6631 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6632 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6633 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6634 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6635 other watchpoint. */
6637 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6639 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6642 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6644 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6648 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6649 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6650 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6651 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6652 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6653 become hw_access locations later. */
6654 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6655 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6656 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6657 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6660 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6661 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6662 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6663 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6666 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6667 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6669 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6670 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6674 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6675 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6676 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6677 space doesn't really matter. */
6680 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6681 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6684 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6685 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6686 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6689 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6690 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6691 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6692 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6695 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6696 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6699 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6702 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6703 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6707 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6708 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6709 true, otherwise returns false. */
6712 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6713 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6715 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6716 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6717 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6718 different locations. */
6719 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6724 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6725 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6726 represent the same location. */
6729 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6730 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6732 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6734 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6735 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6736 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6738 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6739 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6741 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6744 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6745 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6746 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6748 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6749 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6750 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6751 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6755 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6756 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6758 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6759 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6763 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6764 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6766 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6767 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6769 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6772 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6773 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6774 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6775 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6778 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6779 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6781 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6783 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6786 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6787 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6788 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6789 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6790 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6792 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6793 have their addresses modified. */
6798 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6800 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6801 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6802 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6804 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6805 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6807 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6808 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6810 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6815 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6816 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6818 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6820 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6825 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6826 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6829 switch (owner
->type
)
6835 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6836 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6838 case bp_exception_resume
:
6839 case bp_step_resume
:
6840 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6841 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6843 case bp_std_terminate
:
6844 case bp_shlib_event
:
6845 case bp_thread_event
:
6846 case bp_overlay_event
:
6848 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6849 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6850 case bp_exception_master
:
6851 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6854 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6855 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6857 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6858 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6859 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6861 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6862 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6863 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6864 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6869 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6870 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6871 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6874 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6880 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6882 static struct bp_location
*
6883 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6885 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6889 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6891 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6895 /* Increment reference count. */
6898 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6903 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6904 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6907 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6909 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6911 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6912 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6916 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6919 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6921 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6923 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6924 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6926 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6928 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6937 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6940 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6941 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6943 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6945 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6947 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6951 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6952 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6953 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6955 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6958 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6960 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6961 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6962 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6963 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6966 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6967 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6969 static struct breakpoint
*
6970 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6972 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6974 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6976 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6977 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6981 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6982 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6986 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6988 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6990 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6991 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6992 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6995 const char *function_name
;
6996 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6998 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6999 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7001 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7003 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7005 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7006 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7007 &loc
->requested_address
))
7009 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7010 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7011 loc
->requested_address
,
7014 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7015 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7017 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7018 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7019 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7020 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7022 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7027 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7031 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7033 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7036 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7038 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7043 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7044 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7045 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7047 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7048 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7049 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7052 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7053 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7054 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7056 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7058 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7060 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7061 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7063 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7064 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7066 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7067 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7070 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7071 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7072 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7073 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7074 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7075 is also returned as the value of this function.
7077 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7078 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7079 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7080 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7081 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7082 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7083 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7086 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7087 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7088 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7090 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7092 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7093 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7098 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7099 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7101 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7103 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7105 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7107 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7108 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7109 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7110 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7111 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7112 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7116 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7117 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7118 initiated the operation. */
7121 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7123 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7124 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7126 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7127 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7128 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7129 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7131 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7132 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7133 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7135 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7136 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7138 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7139 after their removal. */
7140 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7141 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7142 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7145 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7148 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7150 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7152 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7154 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7155 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7157 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7158 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7163 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7165 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7167 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7168 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7170 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7171 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7175 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7176 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7177 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7181 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7183 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7186 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7188 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7190 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7191 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7192 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7194 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7196 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7199 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7200 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7201 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7202 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7208 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7209 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7212 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7213 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7217 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7219 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7221 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7222 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7224 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7226 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7227 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7228 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7229 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7232 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7234 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7236 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7237 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7238 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7240 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7245 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7247 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7250 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7252 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7253 update_global_location_list (1);
7254 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7259 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7261 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7264 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7266 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7267 update_global_location_list (0);
7268 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7272 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7273 master breakpoint. */
7275 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7277 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7280 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7281 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7283 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7284 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7288 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7290 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7292 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7294 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7295 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7296 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7300 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7302 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7304 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7305 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7307 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7308 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7310 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7312 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7318 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7320 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7322 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7323 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7324 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7325 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7328 struct lang_and_radix
7334 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7337 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7339 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7341 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7342 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7343 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7347 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7350 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7352 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7354 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7355 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7356 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7357 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7361 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7363 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7366 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7367 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7368 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7372 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7374 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7376 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7377 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7378 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7382 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7383 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7386 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7388 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7390 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7392 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7393 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7395 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7396 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7397 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7398 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7399 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7400 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7401 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7402 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7403 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7404 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7405 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7407 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7409 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7413 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7418 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7419 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7423 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7425 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7426 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7428 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7429 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7430 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7431 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7432 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7433 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7436 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7438 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7439 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7441 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7442 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7443 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7444 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7445 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7446 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7447 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7448 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7449 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7451 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7452 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7453 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7454 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7457 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7458 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7460 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7462 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7463 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7464 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7467 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7472 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7474 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7475 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7476 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7477 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7478 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7480 struct fork_catchpoint
7482 /* The base class. */
7483 struct breakpoint base
;
7485 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7486 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7487 catchpoint has triggered. */
7488 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7491 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7495 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7497 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7500 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7504 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7506 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7509 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7513 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7514 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7515 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7517 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7519 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7522 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7526 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7529 static enum print_stop_action
7530 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7532 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7533 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7534 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7536 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7537 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7538 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7540 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7543 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7544 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7545 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7547 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7548 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7549 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7550 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7551 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7554 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7558 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7560 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7561 struct value_print_options opts
;
7562 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7564 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7566 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7567 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7569 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7570 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7572 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7573 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7575 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7576 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7577 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7578 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7582 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7585 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7589 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7591 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7594 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7598 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7601 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7604 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7606 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7608 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7612 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7614 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7617 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7621 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7623 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7626 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7630 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7631 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7632 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7634 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7636 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7639 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7643 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7646 static enum print_stop_action
7647 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7649 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7650 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7651 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7653 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7654 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7655 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7657 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7658 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7660 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7661 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7662 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7664 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7665 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7666 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7667 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7668 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7671 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7675 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7677 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7678 struct value_print_options opts
;
7679 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7681 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7682 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7683 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7685 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7686 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7688 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7689 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7691 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7692 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7693 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7694 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7697 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7698 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7701 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7705 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7707 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7710 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7714 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7717 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7720 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7722 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7724 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7725 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7726 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7727 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7728 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7730 struct solib_catchpoint
7732 /* The base class. */
7733 struct breakpoint base
;
7735 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7736 unsigned char is_load
;
7738 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7739 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7745 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7747 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7750 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7751 xfree (self
->regex
);
7753 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7757 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7763 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7769 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7770 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7772 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7774 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7775 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7777 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7782 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7784 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7787 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7790 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7793 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7795 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7804 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7806 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7807 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7812 struct so_list
*iter
;
7815 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7820 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7829 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7834 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7840 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7843 static enum print_stop_action
7844 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7846 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7847 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7849 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7850 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7851 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7853 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7854 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7855 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7856 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7857 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7858 print_solib_event (1);
7859 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7863 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7865 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7866 struct value_print_options opts
;
7867 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7870 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7871 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7872 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7874 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7877 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7884 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7886 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7891 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7893 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7898 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7899 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7900 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7904 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7906 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7908 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7909 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7913 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7915 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7918 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7919 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7925 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7927 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7928 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7929 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7930 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7931 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7932 created in an enabled state. */
7935 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7937 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7938 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7939 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7943 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7945 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7946 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7952 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7955 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7957 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7958 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7960 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7963 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7964 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7965 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7967 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7969 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7970 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7973 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7977 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7978 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7981 const int enabled
= 1;
7983 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7985 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7989 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7990 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7992 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7996 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7997 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7999 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8002 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8003 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8004 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8005 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8006 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8008 struct syscall_catchpoint
8010 /* The base class. */
8011 struct breakpoint base
;
8013 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8014 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8015 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8016 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8017 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8020 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8024 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8026 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8028 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8030 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8033 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8035 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8037 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8038 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8039 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8041 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8042 int any_syscall_count
;
8044 /* Count of each system call. */
8045 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8047 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8048 if any catching is necessary. */
8049 int total_syscalls_count
;
8052 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8053 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8055 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8057 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8058 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8060 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8061 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8068 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8074 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8078 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8080 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8081 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8082 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8083 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8085 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8086 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8087 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8093 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8098 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8100 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8101 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8102 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8104 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8105 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8106 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8108 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8109 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8111 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8112 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8116 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8117 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8118 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8120 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8122 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8125 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8129 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8131 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8132 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8133 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8134 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8136 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8137 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8138 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8144 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8148 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8149 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8151 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8152 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8156 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8157 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8158 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8160 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8162 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8165 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8169 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8170 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8171 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8173 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8174 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8175 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8176 int syscall_number
= 0;
8177 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8178 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8180 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8181 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8184 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8186 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8187 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8192 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8194 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8204 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8207 static enum print_stop_action
8208 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8210 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8211 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8212 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8213 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8214 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8215 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8217 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8220 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8222 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8224 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8226 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8227 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8229 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8230 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8232 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8233 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8234 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8235 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8236 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8238 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8240 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8241 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8243 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8245 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8246 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8248 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8250 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8255 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8259 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8260 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8262 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8263 struct value_print_options opts
;
8264 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8266 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8267 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8268 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8270 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8271 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8274 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8275 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8276 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8278 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8280 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8283 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8286 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8291 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8294 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8296 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8298 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8299 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8303 /* Remove the last comma. */
8304 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8305 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8308 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8309 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8311 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8312 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8315 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8319 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8321 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8323 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8327 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8328 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8333 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8337 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8340 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8342 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8344 printf_filtered (")");
8347 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8351 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8355 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8357 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8359 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8361 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8366 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8371 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8378 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8381 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8383 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8385 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8388 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8390 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8393 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8394 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8395 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8396 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8399 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8400 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8402 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8404 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8407 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8409 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8411 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8412 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8416 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8418 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8419 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8420 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8421 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8424 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8427 update_global_location_list (1);
8431 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8432 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8433 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8435 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8437 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8439 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8441 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8444 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8446 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8447 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8448 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8449 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8450 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8452 struct exec_catchpoint
8454 /* The base class. */
8455 struct breakpoint base
;
8457 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8458 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8460 char *exec_pathname
;
8463 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8467 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8469 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8471 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8473 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8477 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8479 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8483 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8485 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8489 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8490 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8491 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8493 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8495 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8498 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8502 static enum print_stop_action
8503 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8505 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8506 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8507 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8509 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8510 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8511 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8513 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8514 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8516 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8517 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8518 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8520 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8521 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8523 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8525 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8529 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8531 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8532 struct value_print_options opts
;
8533 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8535 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8537 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8538 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8539 is relatively readable). */
8540 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8541 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8543 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8544 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8546 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8547 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8548 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8552 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8556 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8558 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8561 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8565 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8567 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8568 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8571 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8574 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8575 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8577 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8578 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8580 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8581 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8582 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8584 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8588 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8591 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8592 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8596 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8597 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8599 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8601 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8608 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8612 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8615 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8617 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8620 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8622 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8624 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8630 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8631 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8632 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8633 types _not_ TYPE. */
8636 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8637 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8640 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8642 *other_type_used
= 0;
8647 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8650 if (b
->type
== type
)
8651 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8652 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8653 *other_type_used
= 1;
8660 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8662 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8666 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8668 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8669 update_global_location_list (0);
8675 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8677 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8681 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8683 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8684 update_global_location_list (1);
8690 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8692 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8693 update_global_location_list (0);
8697 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8699 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8700 breakpoint_re_set ();
8704 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8705 at address specified by SAL.
8706 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8709 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8710 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8712 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8714 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8716 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8718 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8719 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8720 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8721 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8723 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8724 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8726 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8727 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8729 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8734 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8735 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8738 static struct breakpoint
*
8739 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8741 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8743 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8745 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8746 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8747 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8749 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8750 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8751 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8752 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8753 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8754 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8755 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8756 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8757 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8758 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8759 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8761 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8762 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8763 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8765 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8769 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8773 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8775 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8779 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8783 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8786 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8788 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8790 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8791 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8793 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8797 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8800 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8802 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8803 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8805 printf_filtered ("\n");
8809 static struct bp_location
*
8810 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8811 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8813 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8814 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8815 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8817 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8818 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8820 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8821 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8822 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8823 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8824 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8825 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8826 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8829 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8830 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8834 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8835 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8836 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8837 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8838 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8839 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8840 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8841 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8842 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8844 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8845 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8850 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8851 return 0 otherwise. */
8854 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8858 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8859 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8860 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8863 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8865 addr
= loc
->address
;
8866 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8868 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8872 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8874 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8875 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8876 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8877 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8879 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8880 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8882 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8883 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8886 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8891 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8892 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8895 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8897 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8898 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8903 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8905 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8907 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8909 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8911 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8912 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8914 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8915 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8916 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8918 if (!dprintf_function
)
8919 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8921 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8922 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8927 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8931 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8933 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8934 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8937 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8938 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8942 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8943 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8945 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8946 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8948 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8950 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8952 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8953 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8954 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8955 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8956 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8957 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8960 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8961 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8962 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8963 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8964 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8965 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8967 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8971 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8972 current style settings. */
8975 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8976 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8978 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8982 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8983 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8987 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8988 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8989 as condition expression. */
8992 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8993 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8994 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8996 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8997 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8998 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8999 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9000 int display_canonical
)
9004 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9006 int target_resources_ok
;
9008 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9009 target_resources_ok
=
9010 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9012 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9013 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9014 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9015 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9018 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9020 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9022 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9023 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9027 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9029 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9031 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9032 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9037 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9041 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9042 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9043 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9044 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9045 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9047 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9048 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9050 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9052 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9053 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9055 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9057 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9058 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9059 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9063 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9065 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9067 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9068 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9070 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9072 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9074 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9076 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9077 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9079 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9081 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9084 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9085 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9092 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9093 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9097 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9098 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9102 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9103 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9104 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9106 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9109 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9110 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9111 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9113 if (b
->extra_string
)
9114 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9116 error (_("Format string required"));
9118 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9119 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9122 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9124 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9126 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9129 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9134 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9135 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9136 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9138 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9139 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9140 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9141 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9142 int display_canonical
)
9144 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9145 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9147 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9149 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9151 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9155 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9157 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9159 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9161 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9163 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9165 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9167 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9169 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9172 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9173 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9174 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9175 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9176 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9177 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9178 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9179 we take just a single condition string.
9181 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9182 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9183 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9184 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9185 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9188 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9189 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9190 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9191 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9192 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9193 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9194 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9197 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9199 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9200 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9202 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9204 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9205 'break', without arguments. */
9206 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9207 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9209 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9210 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9212 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9213 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9216 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9218 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9219 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9220 canonical
->special_display
);
9221 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9225 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9226 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9227 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9228 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9230 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9231 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9234 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9235 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9237 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9239 if ((*address
) == NULL
9240 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9242 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9244 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9246 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9247 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9250 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9251 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9252 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9254 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9255 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9256 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9257 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9258 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9259 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9261 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9263 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9264 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9265 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9266 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9267 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9269 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9271 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9272 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9273 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9275 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9278 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9282 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9284 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9285 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9286 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9287 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9289 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9290 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9291 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9293 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9294 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9295 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9296 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9297 get_last_displayed_line (),
9298 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9300 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9301 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9306 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9307 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9310 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9314 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9315 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9318 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9319 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9320 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9321 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9322 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9326 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9327 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9330 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9332 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9334 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9336 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9338 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9340 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9341 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9342 associated with SAL. */
9345 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9347 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9350 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9351 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9353 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9357 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9359 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9360 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9362 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9365 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9366 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9367 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9368 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9369 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9370 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9373 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9374 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9377 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9386 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9387 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9389 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9391 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9393 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9397 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9399 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9401 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9403 struct expression
*expr
;
9405 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9406 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9409 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9411 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9417 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9419 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9420 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9421 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9423 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9429 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9431 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9432 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9433 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9437 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9441 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9445 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9447 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9448 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9450 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9451 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9452 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9453 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9458 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9460 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9462 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9463 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9465 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9466 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9467 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9469 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9470 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9472 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9474 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9476 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9478 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9480 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9481 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9483 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9486 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9492 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9493 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9494 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9495 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9496 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9497 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9498 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9499 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9500 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9504 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9505 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9506 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9507 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9508 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9510 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9511 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9512 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9515 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9516 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9517 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9518 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9519 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9520 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9523 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9525 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9527 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9529 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9531 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9532 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9535 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9539 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9545 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9547 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9550 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9551 throw_exception (e
);
9553 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9555 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9556 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9557 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9558 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9559 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9562 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9563 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9564 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9565 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9567 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9569 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9570 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9571 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9572 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9573 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9575 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9579 throw_exception (e
);
9583 throw_exception (e
);
9586 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9587 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9589 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9590 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9591 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9592 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9593 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9595 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9596 are ok for the target. */
9600 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9602 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9603 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9606 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9607 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9610 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9612 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9613 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9616 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9617 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9621 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9623 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9625 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9628 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9629 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9630 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9631 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9633 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9634 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9636 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9638 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9640 extra_string
= rest
;
9644 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9647 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9648 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9650 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9653 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9654 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9658 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9659 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9660 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9661 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9662 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9668 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9670 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9672 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9674 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9678 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9680 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9682 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9683 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9684 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9687 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9690 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9691 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9693 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9695 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9696 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9697 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9698 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9699 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9700 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9701 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9702 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9704 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9707 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9709 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9710 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9711 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9714 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9716 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9717 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9718 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9720 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9721 update_global_location_list (1);
9726 /* Set a breakpoint.
9727 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9728 condition, and thread.
9729 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9730 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9734 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9736 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9737 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9738 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9740 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9741 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9743 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9744 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9745 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9747 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9749 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9751 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9752 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9753 0 /* Ignore count */,
9754 pending_break_support
,
9762 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9765 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9769 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9771 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9772 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9773 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9776 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9777 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9778 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9779 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9782 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9784 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9788 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9791 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9794 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9795 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9799 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9800 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9801 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9802 happen in assembly source). */
9804 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9805 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9807 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9809 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9811 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9813 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9820 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9822 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9826 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9828 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9832 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9834 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9838 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9840 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9844 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9846 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9847 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9848 stop at <line>\n"));
9852 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9856 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9858 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9863 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9864 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9865 function/method name. */
9866 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9868 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9873 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9875 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9879 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9881 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9885 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9889 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9896 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9897 it is probably a line number. */
9898 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9900 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9905 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9907 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9911 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9913 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9916 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9917 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9918 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9922 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9924 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9926 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9928 0 /* Ignore count */,
9929 pending_break_support
,
9930 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9938 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9940 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9943 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9944 ranged breakpoints. */
9947 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9948 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9950 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9952 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9953 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9956 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9957 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9960 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9961 ranged breakpoints. */
9964 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9966 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9969 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9970 ranged breakpoints. */
9972 static enum print_stop_action
9973 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9975 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9976 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9977 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9979 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9981 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9982 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9984 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9985 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9986 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9988 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9989 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9991 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9992 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9993 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9995 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9996 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9998 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10001 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10002 ranged breakpoints. */
10005 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10006 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10008 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10009 struct value_print_options opts
;
10010 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10012 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10013 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10015 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10017 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10018 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10019 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10020 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10021 annotate_field (5);
10022 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10026 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10027 ranged breakpoints. */
10030 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10031 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10033 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10034 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10035 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10036 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10040 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10041 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10043 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10044 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10045 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10046 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10047 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10050 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10053 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10054 ranged breakpoints. */
10057 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10059 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10060 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10063 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10065 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10068 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10069 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10070 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10073 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10074 ranged breakpoints. */
10077 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10079 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10080 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10081 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10084 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10086 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10088 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10089 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10090 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10091 last instruction of the given line. */
10094 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10098 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10099 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10100 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10107 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10109 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10111 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10118 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10121 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10123 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10124 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10125 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10127 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10128 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10129 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10130 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10132 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10133 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10134 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10136 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10137 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10138 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10140 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10141 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10143 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10144 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10145 error(_("No address range specified."));
10147 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10150 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10152 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10155 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10156 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10157 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10159 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10161 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10162 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10163 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10165 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10166 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10167 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10169 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10170 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10172 /* Parse the end location. */
10174 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10177 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10178 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10179 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10180 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10181 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10182 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10183 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10184 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10186 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10188 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10189 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10191 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10192 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10193 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10194 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10196 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10197 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10198 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10200 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10201 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10202 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10204 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10206 /* Length overflowed. */
10207 error (_("Address range too large."));
10208 else if (length
== 1)
10210 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10211 the `hbreak' command. */
10212 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10214 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10219 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10220 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10221 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10222 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10223 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10224 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10225 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10226 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10227 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10229 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10232 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10233 update_global_location_list (1);
10236 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10237 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10238 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10242 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10244 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10250 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10251 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10254 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10264 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10265 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10266 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10267 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10268 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10270 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10298 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10301 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10302 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10307 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10308 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10309 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10310 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10311 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10312 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10313 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10315 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10316 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10321 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10323 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10324 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10325 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10326 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10328 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10329 are always constant. */
10331 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10333 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10334 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10335 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10340 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10341 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10342 then it is not a constant. */
10351 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10354 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10356 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10358 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10360 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10361 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10362 value_free (w
->val
);
10364 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10367 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10370 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10372 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10374 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10375 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10377 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10378 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10379 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10380 are loaded and unloaded.
10382 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10383 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10384 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10385 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10386 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10387 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10389 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10390 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10391 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10392 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10394 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10395 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10397 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10398 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10399 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10402 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10405 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10407 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10408 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10410 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10414 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10417 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10419 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10420 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10422 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10427 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10428 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10429 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10431 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10432 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10434 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10435 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10436 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10437 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10438 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10439 (did not match the data address). */
10440 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10441 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10448 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10450 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10452 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10455 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10456 hardware watchpoints. */
10459 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10461 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10462 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10464 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10467 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10468 hardware watchpoints. */
10471 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10473 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10474 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10477 static enum print_stop_action
10478 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10480 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10481 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10482 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10483 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10484 enum print_stop_action result
;
10485 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10486 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10488 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10490 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10491 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10492 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10494 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10495 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10499 case bp_watchpoint
:
10500 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10501 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10502 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10503 ui_out_field_string
10505 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10507 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10509 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10510 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10511 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10512 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10513 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10514 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10515 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10516 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10519 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10521 ui_out_field_string
10523 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10525 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10526 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10527 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10528 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10529 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10530 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10533 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10534 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10536 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10537 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10538 ui_out_field_string
10540 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10542 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10543 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10544 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10545 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10546 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10552 ui_out_field_string
10554 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10555 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10558 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10559 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10560 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10561 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10564 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10567 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10571 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10575 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10577 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10578 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10579 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10583 case bp_watchpoint
:
10584 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10585 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10587 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10588 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10589 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10591 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10592 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10593 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10595 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10596 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10597 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10600 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10601 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10604 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10605 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10606 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10607 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10610 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10614 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10616 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10620 case bp_watchpoint
:
10621 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10622 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10624 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10627 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10628 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10631 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10632 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10635 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10636 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10639 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10641 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10643 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10644 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10647 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10649 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10651 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10652 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10655 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10656 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10659 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10661 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10663 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10664 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10667 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10668 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10671 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10673 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10675 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10678 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10679 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10682 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10687 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10688 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10690 static enum print_stop_action
10691 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10693 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10694 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10696 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10697 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10701 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10702 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10703 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10704 ui_out_field_string
10706 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10709 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10710 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10711 ui_out_field_string
10713 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10716 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10717 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10718 ui_out_field_string
10720 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10723 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10724 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10728 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10729 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10730 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10731 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10733 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10734 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10737 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10738 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10741 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10742 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10744 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10746 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10747 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10749 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10750 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10751 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10754 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10755 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10758 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10760 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10761 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10762 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10766 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10767 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10768 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10770 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10771 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10772 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10774 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10775 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10776 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10779 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10780 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10783 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10784 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10785 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10786 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10789 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10790 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10793 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10795 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10800 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10801 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10803 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10804 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10806 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10807 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10810 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10811 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10814 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10816 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10819 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10821 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10823 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10826 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10828 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10831 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10832 hw_read: watch read,
10833 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10835 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10836 int just_location
, int internal
)
10838 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10839 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10840 struct expression
*exp
;
10841 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10842 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10843 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10844 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10845 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10846 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10848 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10849 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10850 enum bptype bp_type
;
10853 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10854 the hardware watchpoint. */
10856 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10857 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10859 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10860 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10864 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10865 of the arguments string. */
10866 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10868 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10869 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10872 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10873 This is the value of the parameter. */
10874 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10876 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10878 /* Skip whitespace. */
10879 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10884 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10885 This is the parameter itself. */
10886 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10889 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10891 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10893 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10894 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10895 only in a specific thread. */
10899 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10901 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10902 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10904 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10906 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10907 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10909 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10910 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10911 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10913 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10915 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10916 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10918 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10921 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10923 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10925 mark
= value_mark ();
10926 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10927 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10928 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10931 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10934 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10935 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10940 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10941 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10943 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10945 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10946 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10948 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10951 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10952 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10956 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10957 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10959 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10962 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10963 mark
= value_mark ();
10964 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10970 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10971 val
= value_addr (result
);
10972 release_value (val
);
10973 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10977 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10980 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10981 else if (ret
== -2)
10982 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10985 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10986 release_value (val
);
10988 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10989 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10991 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10992 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10994 struct expression
*cond
;
10996 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10997 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10998 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11000 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11001 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11002 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11008 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11010 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11011 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11012 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11013 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11015 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11017 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11019 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11020 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11021 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11022 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11023 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11025 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11028 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11029 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11030 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11031 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11033 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11035 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11036 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11038 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11039 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11041 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11042 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11043 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11044 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11045 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11046 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11047 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11048 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11049 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11053 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11055 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11058 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11059 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11061 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11062 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11063 b
->thread
= thread
;
11064 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11065 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11067 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11068 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11071 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11072 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11075 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11076 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11078 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11079 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11082 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11083 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11085 /* The above expression is in C. */
11086 b
->language
= language_c
;
11089 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11093 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11102 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11104 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11108 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11109 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11113 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11114 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11117 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11119 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11120 need to act on them together. */
11121 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11122 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11125 if (!just_location
)
11126 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11128 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11130 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11131 that should be inserted. */
11132 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11136 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11137 throw_exception (e
);
11140 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11143 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11144 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11147 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11149 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11150 struct value
*head
= v
;
11152 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11153 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11156 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11157 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11158 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11159 hardware watchpoint.
11161 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11162 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11163 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11164 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11165 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11166 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11167 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11168 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11169 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11171 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11172 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11173 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11174 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11175 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11177 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11179 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11180 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11181 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11182 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11183 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11184 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11188 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11189 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11190 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11192 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11193 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11194 middle of some value chain. */
11196 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11197 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11199 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11203 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11204 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11205 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11207 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11211 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11215 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11216 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11217 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11218 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11219 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11222 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11223 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11224 return found_memory_cnt
;
11228 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11230 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11233 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11234 calls watch_command_1. */
11237 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11239 int just_location
= 0;
11242 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11243 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11245 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11249 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11253 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11255 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11259 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11261 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11265 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11267 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11271 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11273 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11277 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11279 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11283 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11284 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11286 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11288 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11289 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11293 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11294 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11295 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11298 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11300 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11302 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11303 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11304 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11305 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11309 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11311 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11312 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11313 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11314 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11315 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11316 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11317 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11318 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11319 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11321 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11323 clear_proceed_status ();
11325 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11328 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11329 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11330 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11331 get_last_displayed_line ());
11333 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11334 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11336 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11337 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11339 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11340 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11343 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11345 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11347 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11350 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11352 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11353 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11354 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11357 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11358 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11359 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11360 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11362 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11365 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11367 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11369 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11370 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11371 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11375 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11377 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11378 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11381 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11385 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11386 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11387 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11388 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11390 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11391 only at the very same frame. */
11392 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11393 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11394 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11396 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11398 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11399 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11400 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11401 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11403 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11405 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11406 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11408 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11409 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11410 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11412 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11413 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11414 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11418 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11421 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11422 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11424 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11425 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11426 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11427 if clause in the arg string. */
11430 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11434 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11437 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11440 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11441 condition string. */
11442 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11443 cond_string
= *arg
;
11445 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11447 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11449 return cond_string
;
11452 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11453 process start/exit, etc. */
11457 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11458 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11463 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11464 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11466 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11467 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11468 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11471 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11472 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11473 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11477 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11479 /* The allowed syntax is:
11481 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11483 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11484 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11486 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11487 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11489 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11490 and enable reporting of such events. */
11493 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11494 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11495 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11496 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11498 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11499 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11500 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11501 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11504 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11510 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11511 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11513 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11514 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11516 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11518 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11522 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11524 /* The allowed syntax is:
11526 catch exec if <cond>
11528 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11529 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11531 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11532 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11534 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11535 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11536 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11537 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11539 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11542 static enum print_stop_action
11543 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11545 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11546 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11547 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11549 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11551 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11552 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11553 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11556 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11557 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11558 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11560 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11561 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11562 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11563 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11564 : " (exception caught), ");
11565 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11567 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11568 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11569 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11570 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11572 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11576 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11577 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11579 struct value_print_options opts
;
11580 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11582 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11583 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11585 annotate_field (4);
11586 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11587 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11589 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11590 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11592 annotate_field (5);
11594 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11595 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11597 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11598 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11599 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "throw");
11603 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11604 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11605 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "catch");
11610 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11612 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11616 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11617 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11618 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11619 : _("Catchpoint "));
11620 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11621 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11625 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11626 catch catchpoints. */
11629 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11630 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11635 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11636 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11638 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11639 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11642 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11645 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11646 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11648 char *trigger_func_name
;
11650 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11651 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11653 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11655 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11656 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11657 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11658 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11660 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11661 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11669 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11672 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11673 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11675 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11679 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11681 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11683 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11684 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11686 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11687 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11688 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11690 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11693 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11696 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11699 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11701 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11703 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11706 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11709 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11711 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11713 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11717 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11718 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11719 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11721 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11727 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11729 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11731 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11732 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11733 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11734 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11735 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11736 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11737 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11738 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11739 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11740 enough for now, though. */
11743 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11745 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11746 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11747 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11748 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11751 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11752 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11754 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11756 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11757 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11759 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11761 int i
, syscall_number
;
11763 char cur_name
[128];
11766 /* Skip whitespace. */
11767 while (isspace (*arg
))
11770 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11771 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11772 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11775 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11776 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11777 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11778 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11781 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11783 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11785 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11786 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11787 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11788 syscall number to be caught. */
11789 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11792 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11793 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11796 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11800 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11803 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11804 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11809 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11811 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11812 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11813 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11814 this architecture yet."));
11816 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11818 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11820 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11821 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11822 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11823 for his/her architecture. */
11824 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11826 /* The allowed syntax is:
11828 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11830 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11833 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11837 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11838 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11842 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11844 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11849 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11851 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11854 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11857 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11859 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11860 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11861 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11862 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11864 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11866 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11869 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11873 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11876 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11879 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11881 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11882 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11885 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11886 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11888 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11892 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11893 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11894 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11895 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11900 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11901 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11902 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11903 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11905 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11906 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11907 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11908 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11909 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11910 error (_("No source file specified."));
11912 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11918 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11919 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11920 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11921 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11923 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11924 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11925 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11926 due to optimization, all in one block.
11928 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11929 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11930 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11931 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11932 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11933 to support that. */
11935 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11936 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11937 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11941 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11942 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11944 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11945 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11946 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11949 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11954 1 0 <can't happen> */
11956 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11958 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11959 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11962 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11963 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11965 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11966 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11968 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11969 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11970 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11972 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11973 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11974 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11975 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11976 int line_match
= 0;
11978 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11979 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11980 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11981 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11982 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11984 if (compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->symtab
->filename
,
11985 sal
.symtab
->filename
))
11989 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11998 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12002 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12003 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12006 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12008 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12011 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12012 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12013 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12014 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12015 compare_breakpoints
);
12016 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12017 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12021 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12026 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12027 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12030 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12031 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12033 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12036 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12039 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12040 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12043 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12045 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12048 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12049 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12050 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12053 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12055 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12057 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12058 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12059 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12061 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12065 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12066 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12070 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12071 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12072 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12073 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12074 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12075 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12078 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12080 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12081 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12082 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12083 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12084 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12086 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12087 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12089 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12090 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12093 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12094 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12095 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12097 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12098 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12099 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12101 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12102 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12103 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12105 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12106 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12107 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12109 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12112 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12113 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12114 content of the bp_location array. */
12117 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12119 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12121 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12122 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12124 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12126 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12128 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12131 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12132 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12134 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12135 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12136 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12137 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12139 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12141 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12142 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12143 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12144 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12148 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12151 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12153 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12154 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12156 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12159 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12161 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12163 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12164 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12165 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12167 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12168 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12169 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12172 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12174 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12175 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12176 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12177 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12180 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12182 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12185 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12187 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12188 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12189 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12190 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12193 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12196 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12199 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12201 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12202 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12203 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12204 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12206 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12207 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12208 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12209 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12210 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12212 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12213 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12214 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12215 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12216 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12217 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12218 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12219 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12222 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12223 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12224 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12228 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12230 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12231 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12232 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12235 address
= bl
->address
;
12236 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12238 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12239 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12240 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12242 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12243 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12246 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12247 the same program space as the location
12248 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12249 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12254 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12255 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12258 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12259 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12260 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12261 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12262 that have already been marked. */
12263 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12265 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12267 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12269 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12270 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12275 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12276 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12277 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12278 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12279 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12280 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12281 returns true on them.
12283 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12284 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12285 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12286 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12287 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12288 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12291 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12293 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12294 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12295 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12296 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12297 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12298 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12299 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12301 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12302 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12303 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12304 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12305 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12307 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12308 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12309 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12310 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12312 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12313 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12314 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12315 unsigned old_location_count
;
12317 old_location
= bp_location
;
12318 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12319 bp_location
= NULL
;
12320 bp_location_count
= 0;
12321 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12324 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12325 bp_location_count
++;
12327 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12328 locp
= bp_location
;
12329 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12330 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12332 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12333 bp_location_compare
);
12335 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12337 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12338 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12339 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12340 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12341 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12344 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12345 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12347 locp
= bp_location
;
12348 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12351 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12352 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12354 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12355 not, we have to free it. */
12356 int found_object
= 0;
12357 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12358 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12361 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12362 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12363 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12364 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12368 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12369 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12372 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12373 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12374 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12376 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12377 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12378 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12380 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12381 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12384 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12388 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12389 have to go through updates again. */
12390 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12392 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12394 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12396 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12397 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12398 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12399 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12400 at certain location is not inserted. */
12402 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12404 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12407 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12409 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12410 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12411 keep_in_target
= 1;
12415 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12416 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12417 remove its target-side condition. */
12419 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12420 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12421 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12422 this one from the target. */
12424 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12425 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12428 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12429 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12432 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12434 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12436 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12437 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12438 supported, but the latter are. */
12439 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12441 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12442 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12445 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12446 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12448 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12449 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12451 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12452 keep_in_target
= 1;
12460 if (!keep_in_target
)
12462 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12464 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12465 this location on the global list, and try to
12466 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12467 reason why we will succeed next time.
12469 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12470 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12471 only after calling us. */
12472 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12473 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12474 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12482 if (removed
&& non_stop
12483 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12484 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12486 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12487 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12488 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12489 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12490 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12491 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12492 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12493 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12494 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12495 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12496 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12497 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12498 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12499 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12502 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12503 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12505 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12506 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12507 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12508 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12509 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12510 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12511 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12512 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12513 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12514 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12515 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12516 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12517 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12520 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12521 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12522 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12523 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12525 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12526 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12527 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12528 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12529 traps we can no longer explain. */
12531 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12532 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12534 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12538 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12539 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12544 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12545 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12546 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12547 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12548 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12549 are sorted first for the same address.
12551 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12552 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12554 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12555 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12556 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12557 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12558 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12560 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12562 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12565 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12566 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12567 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12568 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12569 `struct bp_location'. */
12570 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12572 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12573 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12577 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12578 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12579 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12580 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12581 "actually inserted"));
12583 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12584 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12585 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12586 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12587 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12588 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12590 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12592 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12593 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12594 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12596 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12597 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12599 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12601 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12602 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12603 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12609 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12610 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12611 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12613 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12614 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12616 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12617 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12619 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12620 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12621 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12622 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12623 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12626 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12627 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12628 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12631 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12634 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12635 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12636 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12638 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12643 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12645 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12649 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12651 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12654 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12655 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12657 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12658 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12664 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12666 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12668 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12669 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12672 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12675 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12679 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12680 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12682 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12683 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12684 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12688 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12690 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12692 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12694 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12698 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12702 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12704 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12705 struct value_print_options opts
;
12707 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12709 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12711 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12713 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12717 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12719 printf_filtered (" at ");
12720 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12723 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12725 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12727 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12728 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12729 b
->loc
->symtab
->filename
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12731 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12732 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12733 real situation somewhat. */
12734 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12739 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12741 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12743 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12748 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12751 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12753 xfree (self
->cond
);
12754 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12755 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12756 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12759 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12764 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12768 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12770 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12771 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12772 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12773 xfree (self
->filter
);
12774 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12777 static struct bp_location
*
12778 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12780 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12782 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12783 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12788 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12790 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12793 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12794 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12797 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12799 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12803 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12805 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12809 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12810 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12812 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12814 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12818 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12823 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12827 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12829 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12832 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12836 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12838 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12841 static enum print_stop_action
12842 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12844 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12848 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12849 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12855 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12857 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12861 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12863 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12867 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12868 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12869 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12873 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12877 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12878 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12879 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12881 char *extra_string
,
12882 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12883 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12885 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12886 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12887 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12888 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12890 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12894 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12895 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12900 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12902 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12903 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12905 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12908 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12910 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12911 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12912 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12913 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12914 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12915 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12916 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12917 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12918 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12919 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12921 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12922 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12923 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12924 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12925 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12926 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12927 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12930 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12933 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12935 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12936 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12938 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12939 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12943 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12947 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12949 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12950 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12953 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12958 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12960 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12961 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12963 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12967 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12968 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12969 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12971 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12973 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12974 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12977 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12981 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12982 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12983 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12990 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12992 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12997 static enum print_stop_action
12998 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13001 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13003 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13005 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13007 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13008 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13010 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13011 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13012 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13015 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13017 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13019 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13020 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13022 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13023 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13024 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13026 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13027 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13029 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13033 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13035 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13040 case bp_breakpoint
:
13041 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13042 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13043 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13045 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13046 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13047 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13048 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13050 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13051 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13054 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13062 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13064 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13065 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13066 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13067 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13068 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13069 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13070 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13071 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13072 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13074 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13075 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13077 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13078 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13082 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13083 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13084 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13085 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13087 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13088 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13092 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13093 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13094 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13096 char *extra_string
,
13097 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13098 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13100 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13101 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13102 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13103 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13105 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13106 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13108 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13109 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13110 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13114 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13115 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13117 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13120 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13123 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13127 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13128 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13129 case bp_overlay_event
:
13130 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13131 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13132 case bp_exception_master
:
13133 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13136 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13137 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13138 case bp_shlib_event
:
13140 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13141 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13142 case bp_thread_event
:
13148 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13150 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13152 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13153 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13154 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13155 objects (among other things). */
13156 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13157 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13163 static enum print_stop_action
13164 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13166 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13167 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13169 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13173 case bp_shlib_event
:
13174 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13175 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13176 to shlib event" message.) */
13177 print_solib_event (0);
13180 case bp_thread_event
:
13181 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13182 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13183 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13186 case bp_overlay_event
:
13187 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13188 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13191 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13192 /* These should never be enabled. */
13193 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13196 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13197 /* These should never be enabled. */
13198 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13199 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13202 case bp_exception_master
:
13203 /* These should never be enabled. */
13204 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13205 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13209 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13213 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13215 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13218 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13221 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13223 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13224 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13225 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13226 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13230 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13232 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13235 static enum print_stop_action
13236 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13238 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13240 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13242 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13247 ui_out_field_string
13249 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13253 ui_out_field_string
13255 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13260 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13264 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13266 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13269 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13271 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13272 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13275 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13277 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13280 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13282 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13285 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13288 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13290 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13294 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13296 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13303 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13305 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13306 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13308 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13312 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13313 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13314 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13315 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13317 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13319 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13321 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13322 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13324 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13328 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13329 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13331 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13333 error (_("probe not found"));
13336 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13339 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13341 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13345 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13346 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13347 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13349 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13355 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13356 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13358 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13359 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13361 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13363 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13364 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13365 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13366 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13371 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13373 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13378 case bp_tracepoint
:
13379 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13380 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13382 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13383 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13384 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13386 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13387 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13388 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13391 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13392 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13399 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13401 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13403 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13404 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13405 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13406 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13407 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13408 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13410 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13411 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13413 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13414 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13416 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13417 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13421 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13422 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13423 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13424 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13426 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13427 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13431 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13432 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13433 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13435 char *extra_string
,
13436 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13437 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13439 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13440 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13441 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13442 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13444 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13445 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13447 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13448 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13449 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13453 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13454 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13456 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13459 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13461 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13465 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13466 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13467 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13468 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13470 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13471 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13472 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13476 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13477 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13479 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13480 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13483 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13485 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13489 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13490 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13491 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13492 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13494 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13496 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13498 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13500 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13501 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13502 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13506 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13507 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13508 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13510 char *extra_string
,
13511 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13512 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13514 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13515 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13516 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13517 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13521 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13522 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13523 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13524 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13525 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13526 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13528 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13530 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13531 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13532 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13535 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13536 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13538 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13539 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13541 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13542 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13544 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13545 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13546 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13547 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13548 canonical
->special_display
);
13549 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13550 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13551 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13552 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13553 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13554 corresponds to this one */
13555 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13557 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13559 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13564 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13565 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13567 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13569 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13570 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13572 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13576 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13579 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13582 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13584 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13587 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13591 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13593 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13595 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13597 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13598 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13601 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13602 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13603 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13604 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13605 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13608 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13609 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13610 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13611 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13613 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13616 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13617 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13618 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13620 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13621 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13623 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13624 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13625 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13626 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13630 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13632 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13633 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13634 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13635 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13636 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13639 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13640 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13641 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13642 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13644 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13646 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13647 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13650 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13652 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13656 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13658 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13659 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13660 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13661 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13662 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13663 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13664 commands won't work. */
13666 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13668 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13669 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13670 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13671 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13672 might be better design to have location completely
13673 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13674 update_global_location_list (0);
13676 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13677 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13678 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13679 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13684 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13686 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13690 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13692 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13695 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13696 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13699 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13700 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13704 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13709 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13711 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13712 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13714 if (next
== related
)
13716 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13717 function (related
, data
);
13719 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13720 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13725 function (related
, data
);
13729 while (related
!= b
);
13733 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13735 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13738 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13739 delete_breakpoint. */
13742 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13744 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13748 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13750 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13756 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13758 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13759 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13760 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13761 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13762 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13764 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13768 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13770 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13772 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13773 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13774 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13778 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13782 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13784 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13785 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13786 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13791 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13792 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13793 Null names are ignored. */
13796 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13798 struct bp_location
*l
;
13799 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13800 (int (*) (const void *,
13801 const void *)) streq
,
13802 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13804 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13807 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13809 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13813 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13815 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13819 htab_delete (htab
);
13825 htab_delete (htab
);
13829 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13830 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13831 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13832 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13833 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13834 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13835 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13836 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13839 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13840 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13841 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13842 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13843 in the sources, and output a warning.
13845 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13846 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13847 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13848 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13849 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13852 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13853 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13854 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13855 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13856 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13857 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13858 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13859 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13860 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13862 static struct symtab_and_line
13863 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13865 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13866 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13871 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13873 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13875 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13876 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13878 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13880 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13881 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13882 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13887 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13889 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13891 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13892 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13894 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13897 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13899 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13901 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13902 struct symbol
*sym
;
13903 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13904 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13906 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13908 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13909 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13911 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13912 "found at previous line number"),
13913 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13917 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13919 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13920 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13921 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13924 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13925 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13926 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13928 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13929 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13931 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13933 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13935 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13938 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13941 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13942 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13944 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13945 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13946 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13947 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13949 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13952 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13958 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13959 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13962 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13966 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13969 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13972 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13979 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13985 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13986 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13987 a ranged breakpoint. */
13990 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13991 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13992 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13995 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13997 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13999 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14001 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14002 update_global_location_list (1);
14003 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14004 "multiple locations found\n"),
14009 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14010 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14011 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14012 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14013 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14014 individual locations. */
14015 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14020 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14022 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14024 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14026 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14028 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14030 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14033 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14035 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14036 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14038 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14039 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14044 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14045 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14046 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14047 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14051 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14053 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14055 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14059 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14060 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14061 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14063 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14066 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14067 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14068 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14069 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14070 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14071 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14072 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14074 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14076 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14078 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14079 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14081 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14082 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14090 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14091 if (l
->function_name
14092 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14102 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14103 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14105 update_global_location_list (1);
14108 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14109 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14111 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14112 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14115 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14116 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14118 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14121 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14123 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14127 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14128 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14129 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14130 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14131 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14132 state, then user already saw the message about that
14133 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14135 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14136 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14137 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14138 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14139 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14140 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14142 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14144 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14145 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14146 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14147 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14148 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14149 which approach is better. */
14150 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14151 throw_exception (e
);
14155 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14159 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14160 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14161 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14163 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14166 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14167 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14170 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14171 b
->thread
= thread
;
14174 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14175 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14178 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14179 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14189 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14190 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14194 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14197 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14198 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14199 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14201 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14204 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14208 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14210 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14213 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14214 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14218 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14221 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14222 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14225 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14226 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14227 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14228 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14230 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14233 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14234 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14238 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14239 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14240 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14242 char *extra_string
,
14243 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14244 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14246 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14247 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14248 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14249 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14251 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14253 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14254 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14255 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14258 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14259 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14262 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14263 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14265 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14267 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14268 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14269 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14270 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14273 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14274 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14276 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14278 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14280 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14281 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14282 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14284 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14287 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14290 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14292 static struct cleanup
*
14293 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14295 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14297 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14298 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14299 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14300 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14301 set_language (b
->language
);
14306 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14307 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14308 Unused in this case. */
14311 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14313 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14314 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14315 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14317 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14318 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14319 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14323 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14325 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14327 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14328 enum language save_language
;
14329 int save_input_radix
;
14330 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14332 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14333 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14334 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14338 /* Format possible error msg. */
14339 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14341 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14342 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14343 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14345 set_language (save_language
);
14346 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14348 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14350 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14352 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14353 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14354 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14355 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14358 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14360 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14361 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14363 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14365 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14367 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14368 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14370 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14371 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14372 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14374 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14378 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14379 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14380 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14383 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14385 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14390 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14391 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14393 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14395 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14396 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14401 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14405 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14406 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14408 else if (count
== 1)
14409 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14412 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14413 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14416 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14420 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14423 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14426 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14432 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14434 num
= get_number (&p
);
14436 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14438 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14440 set_ignore_count (num
,
14441 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14444 printf_filtered ("\n");
14447 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14448 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14451 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14456 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14458 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14461 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14463 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14465 while (!state
.finished
)
14467 char *p
= state
.string
;
14471 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14474 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14478 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14479 if (b
->number
== num
)
14482 function (b
, data
);
14486 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14491 static struct bp_location
*
14492 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14494 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14498 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14499 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14504 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14506 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14509 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14514 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14515 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14518 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14520 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14524 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14527 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14533 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14534 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14535 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14538 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14540 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14541 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14542 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14543 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14546 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14547 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14550 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14552 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14553 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14555 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14556 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14558 struct bp_location
*location
;
14560 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14561 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14564 update_global_location_list (0);
14566 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14569 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14572 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14574 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14577 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14578 disable_breakpoint. */
14581 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14583 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14587 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14591 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14594 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14595 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14597 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14599 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14605 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14607 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14608 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14609 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14610 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14612 update_global_location_list (0);
14615 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14619 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14622 int target_resources_ok
;
14624 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14627 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14628 target_resources_ok
=
14629 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14631 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14632 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14633 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14634 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14637 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14639 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14640 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14641 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14643 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14645 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14647 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14648 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14649 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14653 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14654 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14660 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14661 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14663 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14665 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14666 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14668 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14669 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14671 struct bp_location
*location
;
14673 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14674 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14677 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14678 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14679 update_global_location_list (1);
14681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14686 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14688 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14692 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14694 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14697 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14698 enable_breakpoint. */
14701 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14703 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14706 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14707 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14708 in stopping the inferior. */
14711 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14715 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14718 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14719 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14721 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14723 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14729 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14731 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14732 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14733 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14734 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14736 update_global_location_list (1);
14739 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14742 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14752 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14754 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14756 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14760 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14762 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14764 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14768 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14770 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14774 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14776 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14778 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14782 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14784 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14786 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14790 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14792 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14794 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14798 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14800 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14804 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14809 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14813 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14814 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14818 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14819 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14820 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14822 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14825 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14826 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14828 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14830 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14832 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14834 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14835 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14836 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14837 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14839 value_free (wp
->val
);
14847 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14848 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14849 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14850 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14854 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14855 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14857 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14859 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14861 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14862 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14864 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14866 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14874 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14875 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14878 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14880 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14883 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14889 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14892 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14893 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14895 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14898 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14899 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14904 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14906 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14907 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14911 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14912 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14913 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14916 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14917 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14918 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14919 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14920 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14921 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14923 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14924 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14925 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14926 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14929 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14930 were inserted or not. */
14933 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14935 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14936 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14939 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14942 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14944 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14946 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14948 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14949 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14950 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14951 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14953 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14955 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14956 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14957 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14958 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14962 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14963 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14964 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14968 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14972 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14973 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14975 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14976 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14977 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14981 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14985 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14989 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14990 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14991 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14992 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14995 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14999 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15004 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15006 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15008 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15009 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15017 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15018 non-zero otherwise. */
15020 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15022 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15023 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15024 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15031 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15033 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15034 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15036 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15040 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15042 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15044 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15045 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15047 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15049 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15053 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15055 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15065 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15066 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15067 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15068 char *text
, char *word
)
15070 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15071 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15072 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15078 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15080 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15082 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15084 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15085 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15089 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15091 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15092 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15094 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15095 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15097 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15099 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15101 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15103 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15104 0 /* Ignore count */,
15105 pending_break_support
,
15109 0 /* internal */, 0);
15113 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15115 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15117 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15119 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15120 0 /* Ignore count */,
15121 pending_break_support
,
15122 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15125 0 /* internal */, 0);
15128 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15131 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15133 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15135 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15136 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15137 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15138 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15140 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15142 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15144 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15146 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15147 0 /* Ignore count */,
15148 pending_break_support
,
15152 0 /* internal */, 0);
15155 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15156 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15158 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15159 static int next_cmd
;
15162 read_uploaded_action (void)
15166 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15173 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15174 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15175 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15176 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15177 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15179 struct tracepoint
*
15180 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15182 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15183 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15185 if (utp
->at_string
)
15186 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15189 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15190 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15191 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15193 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15194 "source location, using raw address"),
15196 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15197 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15200 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15201 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15202 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15203 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15206 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15208 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15209 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15211 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15212 0 /* Ignore count */,
15213 pending_break_support
,
15214 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15216 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15218 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15221 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15222 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15223 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15227 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15230 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15233 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15234 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15235 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15237 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15239 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15244 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15246 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15248 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15249 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15250 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15251 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15254 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15255 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15256 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15261 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15265 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15267 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15270 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15272 if (num_printed
== 0)
15274 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15275 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15277 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15280 default_collect_info ();
15283 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15284 Not supported by all targets. */
15286 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15288 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15291 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15292 Not supported by all targets. */
15294 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15296 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15299 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15301 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15303 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15309 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15311 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15312 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15313 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15315 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15316 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15318 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15322 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15324 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15327 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15328 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15332 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15335 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15338 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15340 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15341 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15343 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15344 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15347 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15349 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15350 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15351 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15354 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15356 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15357 unsigned int count
;
15359 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15360 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15361 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15363 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15365 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15368 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15370 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15372 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15374 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15376 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15378 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15379 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15382 else if (*args
== '\0')
15384 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15386 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15390 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15392 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15393 while (!state
.finished
)
15395 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15397 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15402 struct tracepoint
*
15403 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15405 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15407 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15408 if (t
->number
== num
)
15409 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15414 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15415 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15418 struct tracepoint
*
15419 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15421 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15423 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15425 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15427 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15434 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15435 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15436 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15437 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15438 struct tracepoint
*
15439 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15440 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15443 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15445 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15449 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15450 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15452 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15455 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15457 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15460 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15464 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15465 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15468 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15469 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15473 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15474 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15476 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15479 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15484 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15486 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15495 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15496 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15497 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15501 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15502 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15504 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15507 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15508 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15509 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15511 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15512 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15514 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15515 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15517 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15518 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15521 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15522 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15527 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15529 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15531 /* We can stop searching. */
15538 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15542 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15543 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15544 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15546 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15547 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15548 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15550 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15551 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15553 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15555 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15556 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15559 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15560 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15563 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15565 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15566 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15569 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15570 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15572 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15577 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15579 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15581 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15582 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15584 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15586 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15589 throw_exception (ex
);
15591 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15594 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15595 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15597 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15598 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15599 special, and not user visible. */
15600 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15602 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15605 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15607 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15611 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15614 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15616 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15619 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15622 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15624 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15627 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15630 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15632 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15635 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15637 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15638 all_tracepoints (void)
15640 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15641 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15643 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15645 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15652 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15653 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15654 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15656 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15657 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15658 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15659 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15660 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15661 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15662 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15663 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15664 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15665 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15666 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15668 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15669 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15671 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15672 conditions are different.\n\
15674 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15676 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15677 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15679 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15680 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15683 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15684 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15685 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15686 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15687 void *user_data_catch
,
15688 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15690 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15692 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15694 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15695 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15696 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15698 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15700 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15701 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15702 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15706 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15708 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15709 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15711 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15712 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15713 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15717 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15719 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15720 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15721 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15724 struct breakpoint
*
15725 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15728 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15732 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15739 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15740 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15743 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15745 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15746 non-inline function. */
15747 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15753 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15754 have been inlined. */
15757 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15758 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15760 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15761 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15765 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15768 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15770 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15771 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15779 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15782 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15784 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15786 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15787 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15788 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15792 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15794 static int initialized
= 0;
15796 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15802 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15803 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15804 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15805 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15806 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15807 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15808 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15809 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15810 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15811 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15812 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15813 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15815 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15816 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15817 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15818 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15819 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15820 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15821 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15822 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15824 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15825 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15826 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15827 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15828 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15829 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15830 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15831 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15832 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15833 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15835 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15836 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15837 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15838 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15839 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15840 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15841 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15843 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15844 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15847 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15848 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15849 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15851 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15852 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15853 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15854 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15856 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15857 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15859 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15860 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15861 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15862 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15864 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15865 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15866 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15867 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15868 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15869 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15870 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15873 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15874 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15875 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15876 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15877 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15878 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15879 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15880 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15881 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15882 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15883 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15884 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15885 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15887 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15888 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15889 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15890 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15891 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15892 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15893 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15894 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15895 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15896 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15897 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15900 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15901 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15902 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15903 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15904 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15905 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15906 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15907 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15908 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15909 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15911 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15912 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15913 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15914 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15915 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15917 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15918 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15919 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15920 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15921 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15922 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15924 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15925 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15926 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15927 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15928 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15929 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15930 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15931 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15932 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15933 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15935 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15936 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15937 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15938 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15939 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15940 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15941 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15942 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15943 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15944 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15946 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15947 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15948 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15949 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15950 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15951 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15952 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15953 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15954 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15955 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15956 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15958 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15959 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15960 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15961 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15962 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15963 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15964 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15965 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15966 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15967 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15968 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15970 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15971 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15972 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15973 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15974 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15975 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15976 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15977 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15978 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15979 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15980 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15981 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15983 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15984 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15985 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15986 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15987 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15988 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15989 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15992 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15994 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15997 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15999 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16001 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16003 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16004 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16005 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16007 breakpoint_objfile_key
16008 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16010 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16011 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16012 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16014 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16015 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16016 before a breakpoint is set. */
16017 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16019 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16021 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16022 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16023 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16025 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16027 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16028 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16029 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16030 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16031 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16032 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16033 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16034 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16036 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16037 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16038 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16039 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16040 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16042 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16043 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16044 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16045 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16046 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16048 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16049 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16051 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16052 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16053 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16054 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16056 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16057 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16059 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16060 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16061 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16062 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16064 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16065 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16067 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16068 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16069 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16070 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16071 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16072 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16073 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16075 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16076 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16077 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16078 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16079 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16080 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16082 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16084 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16085 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16086 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16087 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16088 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16089 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16091 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16092 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16093 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16096 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16097 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16098 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16101 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16102 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16103 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16104 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16107 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16108 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16109 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16112 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16113 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16114 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16117 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16118 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16119 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16120 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16123 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16124 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16125 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16126 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16127 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16128 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16129 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16130 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16132 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16133 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16134 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16135 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16136 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16138 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16139 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16140 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16141 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16142 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16143 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16146 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16147 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16148 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16149 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16151 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16152 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16153 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16154 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16155 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16157 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16158 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16159 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16160 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16162 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16163 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16165 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16166 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16169 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16170 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16171 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16172 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16173 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16174 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16176 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16177 is executing in.\n\
16179 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16180 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16182 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16183 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16184 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16185 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16187 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16188 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16189 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16190 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16193 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16197 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16198 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16199 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16200 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16201 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16202 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16203 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16204 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16205 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16206 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16207 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16208 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16209 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16210 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16211 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16212 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16214 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16215 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16216 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16217 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16218 breakpoint set."));
16221 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16222 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16223 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16224 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16225 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16226 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16227 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16228 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16229 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16231 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16232 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16233 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16234 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16235 breakpoint set."));
16237 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16240 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16241 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16242 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16243 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16244 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16245 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16246 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16247 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16248 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16250 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16251 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16252 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16253 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16254 breakpoint set."));
16256 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16257 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16258 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16259 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16260 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16261 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16262 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16263 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16264 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16265 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16266 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16267 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16268 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16270 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16271 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16272 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16273 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16275 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16277 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16278 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16279 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16280 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16282 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16283 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16284 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16285 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16287 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16288 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16289 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16290 catch_catch_command
,
16294 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16295 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16296 catch_throw_command
,
16300 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16301 catch_fork_command_1
,
16303 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16304 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16305 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16306 catch_fork_command_1
,
16308 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16309 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16310 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16311 catch_exec_command_1
,
16315 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16316 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16317 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16318 catch_load_command_1
,
16322 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16323 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16324 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16325 catch_unload_command_1
,
16329 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16330 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16331 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16332 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16333 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16334 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16335 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16336 catch_syscall_completer
,
16340 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16341 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16342 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16343 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16344 an expression changes.\n\
16345 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16346 the memory to which it refers."));
16347 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16349 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16350 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16351 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16352 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16353 an expression is read.\n\
16354 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16355 the memory to which it refers."));
16356 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16358 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16359 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16360 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16361 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16362 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16363 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16364 the memory to which it refers."));
16365 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16367 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16368 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16370 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16371 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16372 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16373 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16374 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16375 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16376 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16377 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16378 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16381 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16382 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16384 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16386 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16388 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16389 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16391 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16392 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16393 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16395 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16396 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16397 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16398 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16400 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16401 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16403 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16404 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16405 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16407 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16408 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16410 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16411 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16412 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16413 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16414 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16415 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16416 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16417 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16418 the selected stack frame.\n\
16419 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16420 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16421 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16422 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16424 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16426 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16427 conditions are different.\n\
16429 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16430 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16431 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16433 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16434 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16435 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16436 last tracepoint set."));
16438 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16440 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16441 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16442 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16443 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16445 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16447 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16448 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16449 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16450 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16452 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16454 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16455 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16456 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16457 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16459 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16461 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16462 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16463 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16464 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16465 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16467 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16468 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16469 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16470 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16472 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16473 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16474 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16475 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16476 session to restore them."),
16478 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16480 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16481 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16482 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16484 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16486 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16487 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16489 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16490 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16491 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16492 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16493 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16494 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16495 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16496 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16497 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16498 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16499 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16500 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16502 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16503 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16504 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16505 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16506 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16507 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16508 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16509 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16511 show_pending_break_support
,
16512 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16513 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16515 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16517 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16518 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16519 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16520 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16521 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16522 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16523 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16525 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16526 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16527 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16529 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16530 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16531 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16532 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16533 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16534 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16535 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16536 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16537 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16538 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16539 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16540 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16542 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16543 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16544 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16546 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16547 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16548 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16549 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16550 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16551 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16552 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16553 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16554 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16555 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16556 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16557 be set to \"gdb\""),
16558 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16559 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16560 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16561 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16563 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16564 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16565 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16566 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16567 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16568 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16569 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16570 or the start of the range\n\
16571 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16572 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16573 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16575 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16576 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16577 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16579 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16580 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16581 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16582 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16583 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16584 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16586 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16588 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16589 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16590 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16591 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16592 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16593 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16594 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16595 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16596 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16597 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16598 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16599 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16601 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16602 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16603 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16604 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16605 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16606 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16607 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16609 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16610 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16611 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16612 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16613 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16614 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16615 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16617 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16618 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16619 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16620 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16621 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16622 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16625 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16627 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16628 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16629 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16631 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16633 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);